Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
2) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
Sheet 1 /2 & 2 /2
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 2
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 3
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 4
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 5
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 6
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 7
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 8
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 9
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 10
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 11
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 12
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 13
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 14
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
5) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 15
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 16
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 17
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 18
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 19
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 20
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 21
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 22
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 23
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 24
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 25
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 26
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 27
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 28
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 29
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 30
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 31
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
8) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 32
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 33
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 34
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 35
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 36
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 37
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 38
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 39
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 40
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 41
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 42
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 43
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 44
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 45
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 46
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 47
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
12) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
12) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 48
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
11) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 49
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 50
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 51
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 52
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 53
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 54
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 55
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 56
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 57
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 58
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 59
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 60
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 61
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 62
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 63
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 64
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
13) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
14) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
15) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
16) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
13) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
14) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
15) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
If the fault is not Vizcarra 0.53 0.40
cleared, BAntamina X/R 7.0 6.6
371357558.doc 65
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 66
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 60 25 85
L-255
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 67
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 68
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
371357558.doc 69
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 70
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
17) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
18) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
19) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
20) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
16) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
17) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
18) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
19) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
371357558.doc 71
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
14) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
371357558.doc 72
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
7) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 73
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 74
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 75
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 76
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 77
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 78
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 79
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 80
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 81
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 82
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 83
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 84
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 85
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 86
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 87
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
21) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
22) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
23) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
24) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
20) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
21) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
22) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
23) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 88
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
17) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 89
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 90
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 91
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 92
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 93
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 94
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 95
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 96
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 97
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 98
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 99
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 100
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 101
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 102
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 103
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 104
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
25) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
26) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
27) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
28) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
24) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
25) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
26) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
27) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 105
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
20) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 106
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 107
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 108
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 109
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 110
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 111
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 112
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 113
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 114
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 115
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 116
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 117
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 118
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 119
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 120
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 121
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
29) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
30) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
31) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
32) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
28) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
29) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
30) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
31) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 122
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
23) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 123
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 124
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 125
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 126
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 127
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 128
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 129
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 130
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 131
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 132
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 133
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 134
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 135
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 136
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 137
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 138
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
33) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
34) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
35) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
36) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
32) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
33) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
34) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
35) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 139
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
26) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 140
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 141
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 142
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 143
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 144
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 145
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 146
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 147
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 148
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 149
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 150
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 151
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 152
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 153
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 154
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 155
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
37) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
38) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
39) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
40) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
36) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
37) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
38) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
39) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 156
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
29) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 157
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 158
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 159
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 160
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 161
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 162
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 163
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 164
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 165
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 166
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 167
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 168
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 169
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 170
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 171
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 172
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
41) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
42) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
43) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
44) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
40) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
41) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
42) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
43) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 173
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
32) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 174
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 175
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 176
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 177
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 178
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 179
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 180
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 181
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 182
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 183
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 184
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 185
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 186
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 187
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 188
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 189
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
45) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
46) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
47) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
48) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
44) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
45) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
46) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
47) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 190
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
35) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 191
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 192
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 193
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 194
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 195
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 196
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 197
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 198
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 199
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 200
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 201
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 202
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 203
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 204
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 205
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 206
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
49) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
50) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
51) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
52) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
48) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
49) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
50) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
51) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 207
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
38) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 208
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 209
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 210
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 211
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 212
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 213
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 214
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 215
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 216
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 217
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 218
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 219
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 220
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 221
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 222
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 223
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
53) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
54) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
55) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
56) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
52) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
53) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
54) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
55) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 224
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
41) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 225
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 226
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 227
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 228
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 229
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 230
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 231
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 232
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 233
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 234
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 235
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 236
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 237
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 238
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 239
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 240
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
57) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
58) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
59) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
60) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
56) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
57) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
58) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
59) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 241
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
44) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 242
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 243
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 244
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 245
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 246
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 247
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 248
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 249
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 250
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 251
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 252
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 253
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 254
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 255
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 256
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 257
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
61) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
62) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
63) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
64) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
60) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
61) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
62) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
63) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 258
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
47) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 259
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 260
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 261
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 262
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 263
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 264
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 265
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 266
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 267
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 268
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 269
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 270
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 271
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 272
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 273
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 274
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
65) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
66) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
67) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
68) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
64) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
65) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
66) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
67) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 275
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
50) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 276
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 277
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 278
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 279
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 280
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 281
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 282
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 283
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 284
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 285
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 286
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 287
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 288
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 289
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 290
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 291
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
69) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
70) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
71) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
72) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
68) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
69) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
70) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
71) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 292
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
53) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 293
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 294
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 295
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 296
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 297
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 298
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 299
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 300
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 301
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 302
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 303
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 304
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 305
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 306
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 307
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 308
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
73) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
74) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
75) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
76) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
72) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
73) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
74) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
75) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 309
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
56) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 310
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 311
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 312
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 313
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 314
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 315
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 316
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 317
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 318
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 319
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 320
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 321
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 322
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 323
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 324
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 325
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
77) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
78) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
79) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
80) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
76) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
77) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
78) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
79) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 326
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
59) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 327
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 328
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 329
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 330
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 331
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 332
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 333
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 334
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 335
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 336
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 337
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 338
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 339
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 340
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 341
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 342
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
81) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
82) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
83) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
84) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
80) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
81) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
82) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
83) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 343
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
62) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 344
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 345
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 346
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 347
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 348
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 349
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 350
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 351
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 352
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 353
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 354
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 355
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 356
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 357
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 358
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 359
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
85) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
86) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
87) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
88) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
84) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
85) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
86) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
87) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 360
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
65) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 361
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 362
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 363
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 364
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 365
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 366
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 367
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 368
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 369
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 370
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 371
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 372
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 373
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 374
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 375
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 376
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
89) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
90) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
91) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
92) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
88) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
89) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
90) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
91) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 377
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
68) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 378
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 379
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 380
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 381
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 382
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 383
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 384
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 385
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 386
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 387
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 388
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 389
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 390
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 391
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 392
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 393
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
93) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
94) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
95) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
96) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
92) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
93) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
94) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
95) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 394
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
71) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 395
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 396
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 397
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 398
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 399
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 400
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 401
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 402
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 403
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 404
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 405
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 406
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 407
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 408
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 409
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 410
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
97) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
98) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
99) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
100) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
96) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
97) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
98) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
99) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 411
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
74) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 412
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 413
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 414
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 415
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 416
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 417
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 418
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 419
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 420
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 421
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 422
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 423
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 424
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 425
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 426
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 427
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
101) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
102) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
103) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
104) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
100) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
101) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
102) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
103) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 428
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
77) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 429
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 430
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 431
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 432
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 433
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 434
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 435
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 436
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 437
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 438
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 439
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 440
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 441
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 442
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 443
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 444
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
105) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
106) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
107) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
108) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
104) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
105) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
106) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
107) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 445
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
80) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 446
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 447
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 448
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 449
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 450
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 451
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 452
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 453
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 454
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 455
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 456
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 457
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 458
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 459
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 460
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 461
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
109) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
110) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
111) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
112) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
108) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
109) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
110) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
111) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 462
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
83) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 463
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 464
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 465
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 466
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 467
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 468
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 469
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 470
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 471
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 472
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 473
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 474
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 475
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 476
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 477
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 478
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
113) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
114) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
115) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
116) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
112) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
113) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
114) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
115) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 479
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
86) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 480
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 481
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 482
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 483
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 484
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 485
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 486
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 487
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 488
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 489
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 490
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 491
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 492
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 493
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 494
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 495
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
117) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
118) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
119) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
120) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
116) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
117) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
118) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
119) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 496
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
89) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 497
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
57) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 498
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 499
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 500
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 501
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 502
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 503
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 504
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
The Relay will operate in two steps:
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
371357558.doc 505
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
59) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
nt/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
https://www.scribd.com/document/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
371357558.doc 506
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 507
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 508
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 509
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 510
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 511
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 512
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 513
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 514
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 515
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 516
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
121) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
122) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
123) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
124) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
120) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
121) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
122) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
123) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 517
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
92) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 518
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 519
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 520
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 521
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 522
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 523
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 524
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 525
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 526
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 527
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 528
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 529
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 530
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 531
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 532
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 533
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
125) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
126) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
127) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
128) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
124) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
125) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
126) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
127) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 534
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
95) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 535
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
63) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 536
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 537
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 538
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 539
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 540
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 541
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 542
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 543
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 544
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 545
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 546
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 547
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 548
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 549
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 550
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
129) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
130) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
131) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
132) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
128) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
129) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
130) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
131) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 551
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
98) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 552
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
65) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 553
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 554
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 555
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 556
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 557
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 558
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 559
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 560
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 561
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 562
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 563
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 564
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 565
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 566
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 567
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
133) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
134) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
135) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
136) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
132) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
133) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
134) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
135) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 568
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
101) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 569
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
67) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 570
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 571
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 572
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 573
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 574
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 575
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 576
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 577
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 578
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 579
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 580
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 581
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 582
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 583
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 584
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
137) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
138) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
139) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
140) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
136) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
137) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
138) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
139) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 585
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
104) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 586
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
69) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 587
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 588
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 589
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 590
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 591
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 592
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 593
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 594
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 595
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 596
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 597
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 598
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 599
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 600
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 601
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
141) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
142) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
143) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
144) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
140) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
141) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
142) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
143) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 602
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
107) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 603
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
71) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 604
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 605
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 606
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 607
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 608
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 609
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 610
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 611
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 612
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 613
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 614
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 615
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 616
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 617
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 618
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
145) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
146) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
147) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
148) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
144) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
145) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
146) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
147) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 619
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
110) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 620
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
73) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 621
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 622
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 623
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 624
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 625
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 626
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 627
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 628
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 629
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 630
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 631
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 632
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 633
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 634
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 635
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
149) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
150) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
151) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
152) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
148) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
149) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
150) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
151) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 636
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
113) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 637
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
75) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 638
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 639
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 640
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 641
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 642
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 643
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 644
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 645
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 646
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 647
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 648
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 649
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 650
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 651
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 652
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 653
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
153) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
154) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
155) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
156) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
152) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
153) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
154) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
155) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 654
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
116) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 655
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
77) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 656
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 657
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 658
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 659
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 660
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 661
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 662
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 663
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 664
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 665
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 666
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 667
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 668
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 669
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 670
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
157) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
158) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
159) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
160) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
156) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
157) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
158) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
159) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 671
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
119) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 672
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
79) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 673
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 674
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 675
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 676
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 677
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 678
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 679
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 680
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 681
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 682
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 683
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 684
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 685
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 686
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 687
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
161) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
162) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
163) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
164) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
160) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
161) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
162) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
163) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 688
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
122) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 689
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
81) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 690
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 691
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 692
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 693
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 694
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 695
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 696
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 697
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 698
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 699
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 700
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 701
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
165) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
166) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
167) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
168) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
164) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
165) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
166) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
167) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 702
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
125) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 703
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
83) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 704
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 705
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 706
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 707
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 708
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 709
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 710
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 711
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 712
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 713
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 714
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 715
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 716
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 717
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 718
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
169) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
170) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
171) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
172) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
168) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
169) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
170) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
171) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 719
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
128) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 720
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
85) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 721
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 722
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 723
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 724
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 725
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 726
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 727
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 728
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 729
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 730
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 731
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 732
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 733
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 734
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 735
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
173) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
174) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
175) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
176) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
172) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
173) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
174) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
175) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 736
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
131) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 737
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
87) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 738
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 739
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 740
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 741
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 742
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 743
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 744
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 745
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 746
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 747
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 748
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 749
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 750
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 751
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 752
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
177) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
178) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
179) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
180) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
176) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
177) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
178) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
179) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 753
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
134) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 754
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
89) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 755
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 756
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 757
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 758
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 759
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 760
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 761
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 762
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 763
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 764
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 765
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 766
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 767
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 768
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 769
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
181) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
182) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
183) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
184) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
180) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
181) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
182) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
183) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 770
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
137) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 771
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
91) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 772
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 773
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 774
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 775
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 776
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 777
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 778
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 779
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 780
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 781
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 782
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 783
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 784
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 785
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 786
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
185) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
186) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
187) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
188) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
184) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
185) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
186) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
187) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 787
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
140) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 788
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
93) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 789
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 790
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 791
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 792
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 793
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 794
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 795
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 796
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 797
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 798
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 799
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 800
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 801
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 802
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 803
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
189) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
190) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
191) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
192) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
188) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
189) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
190) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
191) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 804
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
143) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 805
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
95) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 806
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 807
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 808
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 809
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 810
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 811
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 812
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 813
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from V
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 814
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
371357558.doc 815
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
193) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
194) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
195) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
196) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
192) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
193) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
194) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
195) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 816
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
146) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 817
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
97) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 818
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 819
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 820
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
371357558.doc 821
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 822
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
371357558.doc 823
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
371357558.doc 824
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
371357558.doc 825
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
371357558.doc 826
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
371357558.doc 827
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
371357558.doc 828
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
371357558.doc 829
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
371357558.doc 830
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
371357558.doc 831
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
371357558.doc 832
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
197) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
198) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
199) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
200) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
196) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
197) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
198) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
199) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
371357558.doc 833
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
149) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
99) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
99) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
371357558.doc 834
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
99) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
99) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
371357558.doc 835
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
371357558.doc 836